blob: ca99ba580a57ff5766964d039874d4f2c460a0f0 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
965 if (State.FreeRegs) {
966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
968 }
969 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000970
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000971 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000975 }
976
977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
979 if (UsedInAlloca)
980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
981}
982
983void
984X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
985 unsigned &StackOffset,
986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
991
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
993 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000994 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
998 assert(NumBytes);
999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1002 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001003}
1004
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001005static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1006 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1007 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1008 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1009 return true;
1010 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1011 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1012 return true;
1013 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1014 return false;
1015 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1016 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1017 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1018 if (Info.getInReg())
1019 return false;
1020 return true;
1021 }
1022 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1023}
1024
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001025void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1026 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1027
1028 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1029 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1030
1031 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001032 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1033
1034 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1035 bool IsThisCall =
1036 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1037 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1038 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1039 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1040 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1041 ++I;
1042 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001043
1044 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001045 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1046 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1047 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001048 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1049 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001050 }
1051
1052 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001053 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001054 ++I;
1055
1056 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1057 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001058 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1059 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001060 }
1061
1062 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1063 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001064}
1065
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001066llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1067 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001068 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001069
1070 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1071 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1072 "ap");
1073 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001074
1075 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1076 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1077 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1078 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1079 if (Align > 4) {
1080 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1081 llvm::Value *Offset =
1082 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1083 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1084 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1085 CGF.Int32Ty);
1086 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1087 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1088 Addr->getType(),
1089 "ap.cur.aligned");
1090 }
1091
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001092 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001093 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001094 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1095
1096 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001097 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001098 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001099 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001100 "ap.next");
1101 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1102
1103 return AddrTyped;
1104}
1105
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001106bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1107 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1108 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1109
1110 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1111 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1112 break;
1113 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1114 return false;
1115 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1116 return true;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1120 return true;
1121
1122 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1123 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
1124 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1125 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1126 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1127 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1128 return true;
1129 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1130 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1131 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1132 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1133 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1134 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1135 return true;
1136 default:
1137 return false;
1138 }
1139 default:
1140 return false;
1141 }
1142}
1143
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001144void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1145 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1146 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1147 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1148 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1149 // Get the LLVM function.
1150 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1151
1152 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001153 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001154 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001155 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1156 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1157 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1158 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001159 }
1160 }
1161}
1162
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001163bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1164 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1165 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1166 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001167
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001168 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001169
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001170 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1171 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1172 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001173 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001174
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001175 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001176 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1177 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1178 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001179 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001180 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001181
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001182 } else {
1183 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1184 // reason.
1185 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1186
1187 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1188 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1189 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001190 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001191 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1192 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001193
1194 return false;
1195}
1196
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001197//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1198// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1199//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1200
1201
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001202namespace {
1203/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1204class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1205 enum Class {
1206 Integer = 0,
1207 SSE,
1208 SSEUp,
1209 X87,
1210 X87Up,
1211 ComplexX87,
1212 NoClass,
1213 Memory
1214 };
1215
1216 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1217 ///
1218 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1219 /// classification \arg Field.
1220 ///
1221 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1222 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1223 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1224 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001225 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001226
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001227 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1228 ///
1229 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1230 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1231 ///
1232 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1233 /// the classification process.
1234 ///
1235 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1236 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1237 ///
1238 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1239 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1240 ///
1241 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1242
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001243 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1244 /// given type T should be passed.
1245 ///
1246 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1247 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1248 ///
1249 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1250 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1251 ///
1252 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1253 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1254 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1255 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001256 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1257 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1258 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001259 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1260 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1261 /// will be Memory.
1262 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001263 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001264 ///
1265 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1266 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001267 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1268 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001269
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001270 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001271 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1272 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1273 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1274 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1275 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1276 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001277
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001278 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001279 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001280 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001281
1282 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001283 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001284 ///
1285 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1286 /// available.
1287 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001288
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001289 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001290
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001291 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001292 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001293 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001294 unsigned &neededSSE,
1295 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001296
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001297 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1298
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001299 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1300 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1301 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1302 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1303 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1304 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001305 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001306 }
1307
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001308 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001309 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1310 // 64-bit hardware.
1311 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001312
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001313public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001314 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001315 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001316 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001317 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001318
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001319 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1320 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001321 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001322 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1323 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001324 if (info.isDirect()) {
1325 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1326 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1327 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1328 }
1329 return false;
1330 }
1331
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001332 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001333
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001334 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1335 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001336};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001337
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001338/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001339class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1340
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001341 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001342
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001343public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001344 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1345
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001346 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001347
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001348 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1349 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001350};
1351
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001352class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1353public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001354 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001355 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001356
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001357 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1358 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1359 }
1360
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001361 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001362 return 7;
1363 }
1364
1365 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001366 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001367 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001368
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001369 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1370 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001371 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001372 return false;
1373 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001374
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001375 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001376 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001377 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001378 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1379 }
1380
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001381 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001382 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001383 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1384 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001385 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001386 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1387 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1388 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001389 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001390 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001391 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1392 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1393 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1394 HasAVXType = true;
1395 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001396 }
1397 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001398
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001399 if (!HasAVXType)
1400 return true;
1401 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001402
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001403 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001404 }
1405
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001406 llvm::Constant *
1407 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001408 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1409 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1410 ('F' << 16) |
1411 ('T' << 24);
1412 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1413 }
1414
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001415};
1416
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001417static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1418 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1419 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1420 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001421 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001422 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001423 return ArgStr;
1424}
1425
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001426class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1427public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001428 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1429 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1430 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001431
1432 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001433 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001434 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001435 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001436 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001437
1438 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1439 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001440 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001441 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001442 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001443};
1444
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001445class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1446public:
1447 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1448 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1449
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001450 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001451 return 7;
1452 }
1453
1454 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001455 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001456 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001457
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001458 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1459 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001460 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001461 return false;
1462 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001463
1464 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001465 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001466 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001467 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001468 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001469
1470 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1471 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001472 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001473 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001474 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001475};
1476
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001477}
1478
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001479void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1480 Class &Hi) const {
1481 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1482 //
1483 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1484 // memory.
1485 //
1486 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1487 // memory.
1488 //
1489 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1490 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1491 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1492 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1493 //
1494 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1495 //
1496 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1497 // only with unions; for example:
1498 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1499 //
1500 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1501 //
1502 if (Hi == Memory)
1503 Lo = Memory;
1504 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1505 Lo = Memory;
1506 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1507 Lo = Memory;
1508 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1509 Hi = SSE;
1510}
1511
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001512X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001513 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1514 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1515 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1516 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1517 //
1518 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1519 //
1520 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1521 // the other class.
1522 //
1523 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1524 // class.
1525 //
1526 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1527 // INTEGER.
1528 //
1529 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1530 // MEMORY is used as class.
1531 //
1532 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1533
1534 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1535 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1536 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1537 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1538 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1539 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001540 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001541 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001542 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001543 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001544 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001545 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001546 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1547 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001548 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001549 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001550}
1551
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001552void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001553 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001554 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1555 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1556 // situations.
1557
1558 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1559 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1560 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1561
1562 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1563
1564 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1565 Current = Memory;
1566
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001567 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001568 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1569
1570 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1571 Current = NoClass;
1572 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1573 Lo = Integer;
1574 Hi = Integer;
1575 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1576 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001577 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1578 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001579 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001580 Current = SSE;
1581 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1582 Lo = X87;
1583 Hi = X87Up;
1584 }
1585 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1586 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001587 return;
1588 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001589
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001590 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001591 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001592 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001593 return;
1594 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001595
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001596 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001597 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001598 return;
1599 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001600
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001601 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001602 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001603 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1604 else
1605 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001606 return;
1607 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001608
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001609 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001610 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001611 if (Size == 32) {
1612 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1613 // float> as integer.
1614 Current = Integer;
1615
1616 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1617 // split.
1618 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1619 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1620 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1621 Hi = Lo;
1622 } else if (Size == 64) {
1623 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1624 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1625 return;
1626
1627 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001628 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001629 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1630 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1631 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001632 Current = Integer;
1633 else
1634 Current = SSE;
1635
1636 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1637 // split.
1638 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1639 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001640 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001641 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1642 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1643 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1644 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1645 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1646 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1647 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001648 //
1649 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1650 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1651 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001652 Lo = SSE;
1653 Hi = SSEUp;
1654 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001655 return;
1656 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001657
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001658 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001659 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001660
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001661 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001662 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001663 if (Size <= 64)
1664 Current = Integer;
1665 else if (Size <= 128)
1666 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001667 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001668 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001669 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1670 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001671 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001672 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001673 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001674 Current = ComplexX87;
1675
1676 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1677 // should be split.
1678 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001679 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001680 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1681 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001682
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001683 return;
1684 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001685
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001686 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001687 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1688
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001689 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001690
1691 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001692 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1693 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001694 return;
1695
1696 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1697 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1698 //
1699 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001700 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001701 return;
1702
1703 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1704 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1705 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001706 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001707 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001708
1709 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1710 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1711 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1712 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1713 return;
1714
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001715 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1716 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001717 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001718 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1719 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1720 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1721 break;
1722 }
1723
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001724 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001725 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001726 return;
1727 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001728
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001729 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001731
1732 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001733 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1734 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001735 return;
1736
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001737 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1738 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1739 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001740 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001741 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001742
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001743 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1744
1745 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1746 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1747 return;
1748
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001749 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001750
1751 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1752 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001753
1754 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1755 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001756 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1757 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001758 "Unexpected base class!");
1759 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001760 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001761
1762 // Classify this field.
1763 //
1764 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1765 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1766 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1767 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001768 uint64_t Offset =
1769 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001770 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001771 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1772 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1773 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1774 break;
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001779 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001780 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001781 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001782 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1783 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1784
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001785 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1786 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001787 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001788 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1789 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1790 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1791 //
1792 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1793 Lo = Memory;
1794 return;
1795 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001796 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001797 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001798 Lo = Memory;
1799 return;
1800 }
1801
1802 // Classify this field.
1803 //
1804 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1805 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1806 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1807 // NO_CLASS.
1808 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1809
1810 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1811 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1812 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1813 if (BitField) {
1814 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1815 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1816 continue;
1817
1818 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001819 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001820
1821 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1822 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001823
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001824 if (EB_Lo) {
1825 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1826 FieldLo = NoClass;
1827 FieldHi = Integer;
1828 } else {
1829 FieldLo = Integer;
1830 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1831 }
1832 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001833 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001834 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1835 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1836 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1837 break;
1838 }
1839
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001840 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001841 }
1842}
1843
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001844ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001845 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1846 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001847 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001848 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1849 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1850 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1851
1852 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1853 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1854 }
1855
1856 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1857}
1858
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001859bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1860 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1861 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1862 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1863 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1864 return true;
1865 }
1866
1867 return false;
1868}
1869
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001870ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1871 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001872 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1873 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001874 //
1875 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1876 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1877 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1878 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1879 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001880 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001881 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1882 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1883 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1884
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001885 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1886 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001887 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001888
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001889 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001890 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001891
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001892 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1893 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1894 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001895
1896 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1897 // is important for good codegen.
1898 //
1899 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1900 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1901 //
1902 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1903 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1904 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1905 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1906 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1907 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1908 // might be inreg.
1909 //
1910 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1911 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1912 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1913 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1914 //
1915 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1916 // attributes. See PR12193.
1917 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1918 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1919
1920 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1921 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1922 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1923 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1924 Size));
1925 }
1926
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001927 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001928}
1929
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001930/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1931/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001932/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001933llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001934 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001935
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001936 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1937 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001938 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001939 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1940 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1941 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1942 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001943
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001944 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001945 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1946 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001947 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001948 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001949 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1950 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1951 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1952 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1953 return VT;
1954 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001955
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001956 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1957}
1958
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001959/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1960/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1961/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1962/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1963/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1964///
1965/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1966static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1967 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1968 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1969 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1970 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1971 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1972 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1973 return true;
1974
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001975 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1976 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1977 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1978
1979 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1980 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1981 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1982 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1983 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001984
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001985 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1986 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1987 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1988 return false;
1989 }
1990 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1991 return true;
1992 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001993
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001994 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1995 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1996 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001997
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001998 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1999 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002000 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2001 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002002 "Unexpected base class!");
2003 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002004 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002005
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002006 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002007 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002008 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002009
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002010 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002011 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002012 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2013 return false;
2014 }
2015 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002016
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002017 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2018 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2019 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2020 // much.
2021 unsigned idx = 0;
2022 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2023 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2024 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002025
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002026 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2027 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2028
2029 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2030 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2031 Context))
2032 return false;
2033 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002034
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002035 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2036 // clean.
2037 return true;
2038 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002039
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002040 return false;
2041}
2042
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002043/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2044/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2045/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2046/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002047static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002048 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002049 // Base case if we find a float.
2050 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2051 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002052
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002053 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002054 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002055 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2056 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2057 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2058 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2059 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002060
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002061 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002062 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2063 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002064 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2065 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2066 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2067 }
2068
2069 return false;
2070}
2071
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002072
2073/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2074/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002075llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2076GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002077 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002078 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002079 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2080 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2081 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2082 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2083 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002084
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002085 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2086 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2087 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002088 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2089 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002090 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002091
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002092 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2093}
2094
2095
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002096/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2097/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2098/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2099/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002100/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2101/// etc).
2102///
2103/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2104/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2105/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2106///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002107/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002108/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2109///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002110llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2111GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002112 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002113 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2114 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2115 if (IROffset == 0) {
2116 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002117 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2118 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002119 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002120
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002121 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2122 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2123 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2124 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2125 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2126 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2127 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002128 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2129 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2130 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2131 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002132
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002133 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2134 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2135 return IRType;
2136 }
2137 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002138
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002139 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002140 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002141 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002142 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2143 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2144 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002145
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002146 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2147 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002148 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002149 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002150
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002151 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002152 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002153 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002154 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002155 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2156 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002157 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002158
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002159 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2160 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002161 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2162 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002163
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002164 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002165
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002166 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2167 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002168 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2169 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002170}
2171
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002172
2173/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2174/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2175/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2176/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2177/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002178static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002179GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002180 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002181 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2182 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2183 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2184 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2185 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2186 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002187 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002188 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002189
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002190 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2191 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2192 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2193 // struct.
2194 if (HiStart != 8) {
2195 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2196 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2197 // Promote these to a larger type.
2198 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2199 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2200 else {
2201 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2202 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2203 }
2204 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002205
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002206 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002207
2208
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002209 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2210 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2211 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2212 return Result;
2213}
2214
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002215ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002216classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002217 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2218 // classification algorithm.
2219 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002220 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002221
2222 // Check some invariants.
2223 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002224 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002226 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002227 switch (Lo) {
2228 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002229 if (Hi == NoClass)
2230 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2231 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2232 // null.
2233 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2234 "Unknown missing lo part");
2235 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002236
2237 case SSEUp:
2238 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002239 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002240
2241 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2242 // hidden argument.
2243 case Memory:
2244 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2245
2246 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2247 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2248 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002249 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002250
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002251 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2252 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2253 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2254 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2255 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2256 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002257
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002258 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2259 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2260 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2261 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002262 break;
2263
2264 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2265 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2266 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002267 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002268 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002269
2270 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2271 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2272 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002273 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002274 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002275
2276 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2277 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2278 // %st1.
2279 case ComplexX87:
2280 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002281 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002282 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002283 NULL);
2284 break;
2285 }
2286
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002287 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002288 switch (Hi) {
2289 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2290 // never occur as a hi class.
2291 case Memory:
2292 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002293 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002294
2295 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002296 case NoClass:
2297 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002298
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002299 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002300 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002301 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2302 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002303 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002304 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002305 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002306 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2307 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002308 break;
2309
2310 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002311 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2312 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002313 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002314 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002315 case SSEUp:
2316 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002317 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002318 break;
2319
2320 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2321 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2322 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002323 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002324 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002325 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002326 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002327 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002328 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002329 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2330 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002331 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002332 break;
2333 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002334
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002335 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002336 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2337 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002338 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002339 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002340
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002341 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002342}
2343
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002344ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002345 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2346 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002347 const
2348{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002349 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002350 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002351
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002352 // Check some invariants.
2353 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2354 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002355 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2356
2357 neededInt = 0;
2358 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002359 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002360 switch (Lo) {
2361 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002362 if (Hi == NoClass)
2363 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2364 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2365 // null.
2366 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2367 "Unknown missing lo part");
2368 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002369
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002370 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2371 // on the stack.
2372 case Memory:
2373
2374 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2375 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2376 case X87:
2377 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002378 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002379 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002380 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002381
2382 case SSEUp:
2383 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002384 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002385
2386 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2387 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2388 // and %r9 is used.
2389 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002390 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002391
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002392 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002393 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002394
2395 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2396 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2397 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2400 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002401
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002402 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2403 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2404 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2405 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002406
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002407 break;
2408
2409 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2410 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2411 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002412 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002413 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002414 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002415 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416 break;
2417 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002418 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002419
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002420 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002421 switch (Hi) {
2422 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002423 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002424 // which is passed in memory.
2425 case Memory:
2426 case X87:
2427 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002428 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002429
2430 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002431
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002432 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002433 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002434 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002435 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002436
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002437 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2438 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002439 break;
2440
2441 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2442 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2443 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002444 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002445 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002446
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002447 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2448 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002449
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002450 ++neededSSE;
2451 break;
2452
2453 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2454 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002455 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002456 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002457 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002458 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002459 break;
2460 }
2461
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002462 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2463 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2464 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2465 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002466 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002467
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002468 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002469}
2470
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002471void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002472
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002473 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002475
2476 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002477 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002478
2479 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2480 // integer register.
2481 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2482 --freeIntRegs;
2483
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002484 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2485 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2486 if (isVariadic)
2487 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2488
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002489 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2490 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2491 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2492 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002493 bool isNamedArg = true;
2494 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002495 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2496 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002497
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002498 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002499 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002500 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002501
2502 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2503 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2504 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2505 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002506 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002507 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2508 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2509 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002510 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002511 }
2512 }
2513}
2514
2515static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2516 QualType Ty,
2517 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2518 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2519 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2520 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2521 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2522
2523 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2524 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002525 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2526 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002527 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2528 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002529 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002530 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002531 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002532 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2533 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002534 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002535 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002536 overflow_arg_area =
2537 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2538 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2539 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2540 }
2541
2542 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002543 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002544 llvm::Value *Res =
2545 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002546 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002547
2548 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2549 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2550 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2551 // an 8 byte boundary.
2552
2553 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002554 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002555 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002556 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2557 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2558 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2559
2560 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2561 return Res;
2562}
2563
2564llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2565 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2566 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2567 // struct {
2568 // i32 gp_offset;
2569 // i32 fp_offset;
2570 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2571 // i8* reg_save_area;
2572 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002573 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002574
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002575 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002576 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2577 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002578
2579 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2580 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2581 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2582 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2583
2584 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2585 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2586 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2587
2588 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2589 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2590 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2591 //
2592 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2593 // register save space).
2594
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002595 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2596 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2597 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002598 if (neededInt) {
2599 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2600 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002601 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2602 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002603 }
2604
2605 if (neededSSE) {
2606 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2607 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2608 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002609 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2610 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002611 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2612 }
2613
2614 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2615 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2616 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2617 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2618
2619 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2620
2621 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2622
2623 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2624 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2625 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2626 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2627 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2628 //
2629 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2630 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2631 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2632 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002633 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002634 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2635 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2636 "reg_save_area");
2637 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2638 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002639 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002640 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002641 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2642 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002643 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002644 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2645 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002646 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002647 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002648 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2649 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002650 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2651 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002652 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2653 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002654 llvm::Value *V =
2655 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2656 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2657 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2658 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2659
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002660 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002661 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002662 } else if (neededInt) {
2663 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2664 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002665 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002666
2667 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2668 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2669 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2670 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2671 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2672 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002673 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2674 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2675 RegAddr = Tmp;
2676 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002677 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2678 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2679 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2680 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002681 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002682 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2683 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2684 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2685 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002686 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002687 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002688 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002689 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002690 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2691 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2692 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002693 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2694 DblPtrTy));
2695 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2696 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2697 DblPtrTy));
2698 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2699 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2700 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002701 }
2702
2703 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2704 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2705 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2706 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002707 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002708 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2709 gp_offset_p);
2710 }
2711 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002712 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002713 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2714 fp_offset_p);
2715 }
2716 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2717
2718 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2719
2720 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2721 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2722
2723 // Return the appropriate result.
2724
2725 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002726 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002727 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002728 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2729 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002730 return ResAddr;
2731}
2732
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002733ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002734
2735 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2736 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2737
2738 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2739 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2740
2741 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2742
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002743 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2744 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002745 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002746 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002747 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2748 }
2749
2750 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002751 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2752
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002753 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002754 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002755 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2756 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002757 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002758
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002759 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002760 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2761 // directly.
2762 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2763 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2764 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002765 }
2766
2767 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002768 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2769 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002770 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2771 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002772
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002773 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2774 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002775 }
2776
2777 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2778 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2779
2780 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2781}
2782
2783void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002784 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2785 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002786
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002787 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2788 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002789}
2790
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002791llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2792 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002793 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002794
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002795 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2796 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2797 "ap");
2798 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2799 llvm::Type *PTy =
2800 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2801 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2802
2803 uint64_t Offset =
2804 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2805 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2806 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2807 "ap.next");
2808 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2809
2810 return AddrTyped;
2811}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002812
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002813namespace {
2814
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002815class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2816 public:
2817 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2818 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002819 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2820 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2821 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002822 private:
2823 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2824 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2825};
2826
2827class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2828 public:
2829 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2830 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2831};
2832
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002833}
2834
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002835void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2836 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2837 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2838 else
2839 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2840}
2841
2842llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2843 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2844 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2845 // is unuspported.
2846 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2847}
2848
2849
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002850// PowerPC-32
2851
2852namespace {
2853class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2854public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002855 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002856
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002857 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002858 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2859 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2860 }
2861
2862 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002863 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002864};
2865
2866}
2867
2868bool
2869PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2870 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2871 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2872 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2873
2874 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002875
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002876 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002877 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2878 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2879 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2880
2881 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002882 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002883
2884 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002885 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002886
2887 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2888 // 64: mq
2889 // 65: lr
2890 // 66: ctr
2891 // 67: ap
2892 // 68-75 cr0-7
2893 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002894 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002895
2896 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002897 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002898
2899 // 109: vrsave
2900 // 110: vscr
2901 // 111: spe_acc
2902 // 112: spefscr
2903 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002904 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002905
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002906 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002907}
2908
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002909// PowerPC-64
2910
2911namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002912/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2913class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002914public:
2915 enum ABIKind {
2916 ELFv1 = 0,
2917 ELFv2
2918 };
2919
2920private:
2921 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
2922 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002923
2924public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002925 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
2926 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002927
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002928 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00002929 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002930 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
2931 uint64_t &Members) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002932
2933 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2934 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2935
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002936 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2937 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2938 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2939 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2940 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2941 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002942 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002943 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2944 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002945 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002946 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2947 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002948 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002949 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002950 if (T) {
2951 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00002952 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
2953 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002954 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002955 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002956 continue;
2957 }
2958 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002959 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002960 }
2961 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002962
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002963 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2964 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002965};
2966
2967class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2968public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002969 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2970 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
2971 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002972
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002973 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002974 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2975 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2976 }
2977
2978 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002979 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002980};
2981
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002982class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2983public:
2984 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2985
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002986 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002987 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2988 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2989 }
2990
2991 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002992 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002993};
2994
2995}
2996
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002997// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2998// extended to 64 bits.
2999bool
3000PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3001 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3002 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3003 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3004
3005 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3006 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3007 return true;
3008
3009 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3010 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3011 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3012 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3013 case BuiltinType::Int:
3014 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3015 return true;
3016 default:
3017 break;
3018 }
3019
3020 return false;
3021}
3022
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003023/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3024/// alignment in the parameter area.
3025bool
3026PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3027 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3028 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3029 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3030
3031 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3032 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3033 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3034 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3035
3036 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3037 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3038 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3039 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3040 if (EltType) {
3041 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3042 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3043 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3044 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3045 AlignAsType = EltType;
3046 }
3047
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003048 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3049 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3050 uint64_t Members = 0;
3051 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3052 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3053 AlignAsType = Base;
3054
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003055 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3056 if (AlignAsType)
3057 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3058
3059 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3060 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3061 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3062 return true;
3063
3064 return false;
3065}
3066
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003067/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3068/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3069/// to the number of base elements.
3070bool
3071PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3072 uint64_t &Members) const {
3073 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3074 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3075 if (NElements == 0)
3076 return false;
3077 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3078 return false;
3079 Members *= NElements;
3080 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3081 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3082 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3083 return false;
3084
3085 Members = 0;
3086 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3087 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3088 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3089 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3090 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3091 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3092 return false;
3093 FT = AT->getElementType();
3094 }
3095 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3096 continue;
3097
3098 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3099 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3100 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3101 continue;
3102
3103 uint64_t FldMembers;
3104 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3105 return false;
3106
3107 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3108 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3109 }
3110
3111 if (!Base)
3112 return false;
3113
3114 // Ensure there is no padding.
3115 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3116 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3117 return false;
3118 } else {
3119 Members = 1;
3120 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3121 Members = 2;
3122 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3123 }
3124
3125 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3126 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3127 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3128 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3129 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3130 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3131 return false;
3132 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3133 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3134 return false;
3135 } else {
3136 return false;
3137 }
3138
3139 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3140 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3141 // treated as being equivalent here.
3142 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3143 if (!Base)
3144 Base = TyPtr;
3145
3146 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3147 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3148 return false;
3149 }
3150
3151 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3152 // or two registers depending on their size.
3153 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3154 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3155
3156 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3157 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3158}
3159
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003160ABIArgInfo
3161PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003162 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3163 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3164
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003165 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3166 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3167 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3168 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3169 if (Size > 128)
3170 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3171 else if (Size < 128) {
3172 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3173 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3174 }
3175 }
3176
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003177 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003178 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003179 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003180
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003181 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3182 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003183
3184 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3185 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3186 uint64_t Members = 0;
3187 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3188 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3189 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3190 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3191 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3192 }
3193
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003194 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3195 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3196 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3197 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3198 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3199 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3200 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3201
3202 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3203 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3204 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3205 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3206 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3207 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3208 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3209 else {
3210 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3211 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3212 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3213 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3214 }
3215
3216 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3217 }
3218
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003219 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003220 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3221 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003222 }
3223
3224 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3225 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3226}
3227
3228ABIArgInfo
3229PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3230 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3231 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3232
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003233 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3234 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3235
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003236 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3237 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3238 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3239 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3240 if (Size > 128)
3241 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3242 else if (Size < 128) {
3243 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3244 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3245 }
3246 }
3247
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003248 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3249 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3250 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3251 uint64_t Members = 0;
3252 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3253 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3254 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3255 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3256 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3257 }
3258
3259 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3260 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3261 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3262 if (Bits == 0)
3263 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3264
3265 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3266 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3267 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3268 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3269 } else
3270 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3271 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3272 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3273 }
3274
3275 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003276 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003277 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003278
3279 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3280 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3281}
3282
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003283// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3284llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3285 QualType Ty,
3286 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3287 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3288 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3289
3290 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3291 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3292 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3293
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003294 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3295 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3296 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3297 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3298 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3299 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3300 }
3301
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003302 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3303 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3304 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3305 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003306 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003307 QualType BaseTy;
3308 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3309
3310 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3311 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3312 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3313 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3314 SizeInBytes = 16;
3315 }
3316
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003317 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3318 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3319 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3320 "ap.next");
3321 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3322
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003323 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3324 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3325 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3326 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3327 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3328 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3329 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3330 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3331 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003332 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3333 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3334 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3335 } else {
3336 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3337 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003338 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3339 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3340 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3341 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3342 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3343 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3344 "vacplx");
3345 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3346 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3347 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3348 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3349 return Ptr;
3350 }
3351
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003352 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3353 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3354 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003355 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003356 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3357 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3358 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3359 }
3360
3361 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3362 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3363}
3364
3365static bool
3366PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3367 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003368 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3369 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3370
3371 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3372
3373 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3374 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3375 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3376 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3377
3378 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3379 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3380
3381 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3382 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3383
3384 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3385 // 64: mq
3386 // 65: lr
3387 // 66: ctr
3388 // 67: ap
3389 // 68-75 cr0-7
3390 // 76: xer
3391 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3392
3393 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3394 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3395
3396 // 109: vrsave
3397 // 110: vscr
3398 // 111: spe_acc
3399 // 112: spefscr
3400 // 113: sfp
3401 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3402
3403 return false;
3404}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003405
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003406bool
3407PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3408 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3409 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3410
3411 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3412}
3413
3414bool
3415PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3416 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3417
3418 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3419}
3420
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003421//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003422// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003423//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3424
3425namespace {
3426
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003427class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003428public:
3429 enum ABIKind {
3430 AAPCS = 0,
3431 DarwinPCS
3432 };
3433
3434private:
3435 ABIKind Kind;
3436
3437public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003438 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003439
3440private:
3441 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3442 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3443
3444 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3445 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3446 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003447 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003448 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3449
3450 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3451 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3452 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3453 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3454 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3455 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3456 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3457 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003458
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003459 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3460 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3461 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3462 // partially in registers.
3463 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003464
3465 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3466 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3467 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3468 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3469 FI.arg_size());
3470
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003471 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3472 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003473 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3474 it != ie; ++it) {
3475 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3476 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3477 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3478 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003479 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3480 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003481 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003482 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003483
3484 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3485 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3486 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003487 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3488 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3489 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3490 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003491
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003492 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3493 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3494 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003495 }
3496
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003497 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3498 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3499 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3500 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3501 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3502 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003503 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003504 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003505
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003506 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3507 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3508 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3509 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3510 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3511 it->info =
3512 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3513 }
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3518 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3519
3520 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3521 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3522
3523 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3524 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3525 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3526 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3527 }
3528};
3529
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003530class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003531public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003532 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3533 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003534
3535 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3536 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3537 }
3538
3539 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3540
3541 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3542};
3543}
3544
3545static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3546 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003547 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003548
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003549ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3550 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3551 bool &IsHA,
3552 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3553 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3554 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003555 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3556 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3557 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3558 if (Size <= 32) {
3559 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3560 AllocatedGPR++;
3561 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3562 }
3563 if (Size == 64) {
3564 llvm::Type *ResType =
3565 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3566 AllocatedVFP++;
3567 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3568 }
3569 if (Size == 128) {
3570 llvm::Type *ResType =
3571 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3572 AllocatedVFP++;
3573 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3574 }
3575 AllocatedGPR++;
3576 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3577 }
3578 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3579 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3580 AllocatedVFP++;
3581 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3582 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3583 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3584 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3585 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3586 AllocatedVFP++;
3587 }
3588
3589 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3590 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3591 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3592 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3593
3594 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003595 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3596 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3597 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3598
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003599 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3600 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3601 }
3602 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3603 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3604 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3605 }
3606
3607 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3608 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003609 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003610 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003611 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3612 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003613 }
3614
3615 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3616 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3617 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3618 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3619 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3620
3621 ++AllocatedGPR;
3622 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3623 }
3624
3625 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003626 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003627 uint64_t Members = 0;
3628 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003629 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003630 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3631 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3632 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3633 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3634 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3635 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3636 }
3637 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003638 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3639 }
3640
3641 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3642 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3643 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003644 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3645 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3646 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3647
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003648 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3649 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3650 IsSmallAggr = true;
3651 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3652 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003653 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003654 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3655 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3656 }
3657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3658 }
3659
3660 AllocatedGPR++;
3661 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3662}
3663
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003664ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003665 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3666 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3667
3668 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3669 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3670 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3671
3672 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3673 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3674 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3675 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3676
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003677 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3678 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3679 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003680 }
3681
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003682 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3683 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3684
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003685 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003686 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3687 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3688 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3689
3690 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3691 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3692 if (Size <= 128) {
3693 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3694 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3695 }
3696
3697 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3698}
3699
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003700/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3701bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003702 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3703 // Check whether VT is legal.
3704 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3705 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3706 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3707 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3708 return true;
3709 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3710 }
3711 return false;
3712}
3713
3714static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3715 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3716 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3717 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3718 // Standard, section B.4:
3719 //
3720 // struct {
3721 // void *__stack;
3722 // void *__gr_top;
3723 // void *__vr_top;
3724 // int __gr_offs;
3725 // int __vr_offs;
3726 // };
3727
3728 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3729 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3730 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3731 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3732 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3733
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003734 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003735 int reg_top_index;
3736 int RegSize;
3737 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3738 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3739 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3740 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3741 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3742 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3743 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3744 } else {
3745 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3746 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3747 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3748 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3749 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3750 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3751 }
3752
3753 //=======================================
3754 // Find out where argument was passed
3755 //=======================================
3756
3757 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3758 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3759 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3760 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003761 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003762 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3763 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3764
3765 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3766
3767 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003768 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003769 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3770
3771 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3772 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3773 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3774 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3775 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3776
3777 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3778 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3779 "align_regoffs");
3780 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3781 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3782 "aligned_regoffs");
3783 }
3784
3785 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003786 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003787 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3788 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3789 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3790
3791 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3792 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003793 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003794 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3795 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3796
3797 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3798
3799 //=======================================
3800 // Argument was in registers
3801 //=======================================
3802
3803 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3804 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3805 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3806
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003807 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003808 reg_top_p =
3809 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3810 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3811 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003812 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003813 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3814
3815 if (IsIndirect) {
3816 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3817 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3818 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3819 }
3820
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003821 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003822 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003823 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3824 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003825 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3826 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3827 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3828 // contiguously.
3829 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3830 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3831 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3832 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3833 int Offset = 0;
3834
3835 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3836 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3837 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3838 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3839 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3840 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3841 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3842 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3843 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3844
3845 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3846 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3847 }
3848
3849 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3850 } else {
3851 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3852 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003853 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3854 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003855 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3856 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3857 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3858
3859 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3860 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3861
3862 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3863 }
3864
3865 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3866 }
3867
3868 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3869
3870 //=======================================
3871 // Argument was on the stack
3872 //=======================================
3873 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3874
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003875 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003876 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3877 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3878
3879 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3880 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3881 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3882 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3883
3884 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3885
3886 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3887 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3888 "align_stack");
3889 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3890 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3891 "align_stack");
3892
3893 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3894 }
3895
3896 uint64_t StackSize;
3897 if (IsIndirect)
3898 StackSize = 8;
3899 else
3900 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3901
3902 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3903 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3904
3905 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3906 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3907 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3908
3909 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3910 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3911
3912 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3913 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3914 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3915 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3916
3917 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3918 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3919
3920 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3921 }
3922
3923 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3924
3925 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3926
3927 //=======================================
3928 // Tidy up
3929 //=======================================
3930 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3931
3932 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3933 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3934 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3935
3936 if (IsIndirect)
3937 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3938
3939 return ResAddr;
3940}
3941
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003942llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003943 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3944
3945 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3946 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003947 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3948 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003949
3950 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3951 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3952}
3953
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003954llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003955 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3956 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3957 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3958 // other cases.
3959 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003960 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003961
3962 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3963 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3964
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003965 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3967
3968 bool isIndirect = false;
3969 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3970 // be passed indirectly.
3971 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3972 isIndirect = true;
3973 Size = 8;
3974 Align = 8;
3975 }
3976
3977 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3978 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3979
3980 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3981 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3982 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3983
3984 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3985 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3986 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3987 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3988 }
3989
3990 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3991 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3992 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3993 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3994 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3995 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3996 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3997 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3998 }
3999
4000 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4001 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4002 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4003 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4004
4005 if (isIndirect)
4006 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4007 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4008 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4009
4010 return AddrTyped;
4011}
4012
4013//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004014// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004015//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004016
4017namespace {
4018
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004019class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004020public:
4021 enum ABIKind {
4022 APCS = 0,
4023 AAPCS = 1,
4024 AAPCS_VFP
4025 };
4026
4027private:
4028 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004029 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4030 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4031 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4032 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4033 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004034
4035public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004036 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4037 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004038 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004039 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004040 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004041
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004042 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004043 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4044 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4045 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004046 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004047 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004048 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004049 return true;
4050 default:
4051 return false;
4052 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004053 }
4054
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004055 bool isEABIHF() const {
4056 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4057 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4058 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4059 return true;
4060 default:
4061 return false;
4062 }
4063 }
4064
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004065 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4066
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004067private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004068 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004069 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004070 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004071 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004072
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004073 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004074
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004075 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4076 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004077
4078 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4079 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4080 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004081
4082 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4083 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4084 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004085};
4086
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004087class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4088public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004089 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4090 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004091
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004092 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4093 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4094 }
4095
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004096 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004097 return 13;
4098 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004099
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004100 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004101 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4102 }
4103
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004104 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004105 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004106 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004107
4108 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004109 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004110 return false;
4111 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004112
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004113 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004114 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4115 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4116 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004117
4118 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004119 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004120 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4121 if (!FD)
4122 return;
4123
4124 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4125 if (!Attr)
4126 return;
4127
4128 const char *Kind;
4129 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4130 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4131 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4132 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4133 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4134 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4135 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4136 }
4137
4138 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4139
4140 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4141
4142 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4143 return;
4144
4145 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4146 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4147 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4148 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4149 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4150 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4151 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4152 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4153 B));
4154 }
4155
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004156};
4157
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004158}
4159
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004160void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004161 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004162 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004163 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4164 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4165 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4166 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4167 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004168 resetAllocatedRegs();
4169
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004170 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4171 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4172 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4173 } else {
4174 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4175 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004176 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004177 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4178 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004179 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004180 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4181 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004182 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004183
4184 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4185 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4186 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004187 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004188 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4189 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004190 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4191 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004192 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004193 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4194 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4195 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004196 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4197 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004198 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4199 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4200 PaddingTy);
4201 } else {
4202 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4203 PaddingTy);
4204 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004205 }
4206 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004207
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004208 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4209 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4210 return;
4211
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004212 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4213 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4214 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4215}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004216
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004217/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4218llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4219 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004220 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004221 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4222 else if (isEABI())
4223 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4224 else
4225 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4226}
4227
4228/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4229/// as the C calling convention.
4230llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004231 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004232 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4233 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4234 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004235 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004236 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4237}
4238
4239void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4240 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4241
4242 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4243 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4244 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4245 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4246 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004247}
4248
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004249/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4250/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4251/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4252/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4253static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004254 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004255 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004256 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4257 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
4258 return false;
4259 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4260 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4261 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004262 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004263 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004264
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004265 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004266 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004267 uint64_t FldMembers;
4268 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
4269 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004270
4271 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4272 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004273 }
4274 } else {
4275 Members = 1;
4276 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4277 Members = 2;
4278 Ty = CT->getElementType();
4279 }
4280
4281 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4282 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4283 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4284 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00004285 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4286 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004287 return false;
4288 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4289 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4290 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4291 return false;
4292 } else {
4293 return false;
4294 }
4295
4296 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
4297 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4298 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4299 if (!Base)
4300 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00004301
4302 if (Base != TyPtr) {
4303 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4304 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4305 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4306
4307 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4308 // of their members.
4309 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4310 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4311
4312 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4313 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4314 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4315 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4316 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4317 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4318 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4319 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4320
4321 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4322 return false;
4323 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004324 }
4325
4326 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4327 if (HAMembers)
4328 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004329
4330 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004331}
4332
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004333/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4334/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004335void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4336 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004337 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004338 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4339 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4340 // the stack.
4341 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004342 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004343 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004344 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4345 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4346 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4347 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4348 bool FoundSlot = true;
4349 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4350 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4351 FoundSlot = false;
4352 break;
4353 }
4354 if (FoundSlot) {
4355 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4356 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004357 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004358 return;
4359 }
4360 }
4361 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4362 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4363 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4364 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004365 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004366}
4367
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004368/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4369/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4370/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4371void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004372 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004373 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4374
4375 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4376 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4377
4378 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4379}
4380
4381void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4382 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4383 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4384 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4385 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4386}
4387
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004388ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004389 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004390 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4391 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4392 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4393 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4394 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4395 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4396 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4397 // to four Elements.
4398
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004399 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4400 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4401 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4402 if (Size <= 32) {
4403 llvm::Type *ResType =
4404 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004405 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004406 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4407 }
4408 if (Size == 64) {
4409 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4410 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004411 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4412 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4413 } else {
4414 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4415 IsCPRC = true;
4416 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4418 }
4419 if (Size == 128) {
4420 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4421 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004422 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4423 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4424 } else {
4425 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4426 IsCPRC = true;
4427 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004428 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4429 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004430 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004431 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4432 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004433 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004434 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4435 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4436 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4437 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4438 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4439 IsCPRC = true;
4440 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004441 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004442 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004443 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4444 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4445 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4446 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4447 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4448 IsCPRC = true;
4449 }
4450 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4451 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4452 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4453 IsCPRC = true;
4454 }
4455 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004456 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004457
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004458 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004459 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004460 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004461 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004462 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004463
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004464 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4465 if (!IsCPRC)
4466 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004467 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4468 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004469 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004470
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004471 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4472 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004473 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004474 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004475
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004476 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004477 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004478 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4479
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004480 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004481 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4482 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004483 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004484 uint64_t Members = 0;
4485 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004486 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004487 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4488 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4489 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4490 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004491 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004492 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004493 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004494 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004495 else {
4496 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4497 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004498 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004499 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004500 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004501 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004502 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004503 }
4504
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004505 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004506 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4507 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4508 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004509 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4510 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4511 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4512 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4513 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004514 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004515 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4516 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4517 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4518 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4519 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004520 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004521 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004522 }
4523
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004524 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004525 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004526 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004527 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4528 // we can.
4529 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004530 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4531 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004532 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004533 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004534 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4535 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004536 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004537 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004538
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004539 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004540 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004541 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004542}
4543
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004544static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004545 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4546 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4547 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4548 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4549
4550 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4551
4552 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4553 if (Size > 32)
4554 return false;
4555
4556 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4557 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4558 return false;
4559
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004560 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4561 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4562 return false;
4563
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004564 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004565 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004566 return true;
4567
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004568 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4569 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4570 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004571
4572 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4573 // above, but they are not.
4574
4575 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4576 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4577 if (!RT) return false;
4578
4579 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4580 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4581 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4582 return false;
4583
4584 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4585 // like".
4586 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4587
4588 bool HadField = false;
4589 unsigned idx = 0;
4590 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4591 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004592 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004593
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004594 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4595 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4596 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4597 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4598 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4599 if (!RD->isUnion())
4600 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004601
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004602 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4603 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004604
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004605 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004606 }
4607
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004608 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4609 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4610 return false;
4611
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004612 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4613 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004614
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004615 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4616 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4617 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004618 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4619 if (HadField)
4620 return false;
4621
4622 HadField = true;
4623 }
4624 }
4625
4626 return true;
4627}
4628
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004629ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4630 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004631 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004632 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004633
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004634 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004635 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4636 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004637 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004638 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004639
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004640 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004641 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4642 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4643 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4644
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004645 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4646 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004647 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004648
4649 // Are we following APCS?
4650 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004651 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004652 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4653
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004654 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4655 //
4656 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4657 // correctly.
4658 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004659 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004660 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004661
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004662 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004663 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004664 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004665 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004666 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004667 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004668 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004669 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4670 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004671 }
4672
4673 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004674 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004675 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004676 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004677
4678 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4679
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004680 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004681 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4682
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004683 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004684 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004685 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004686 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4687 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004688 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004690 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004691 }
4692
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004693 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4694 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004695 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004696 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004697 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4698 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4699 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4700
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004701 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4702 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004703 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004704 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004705 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4706 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004707 }
4708
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004709 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004710 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004711}
4712
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004713/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4714bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4715 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4716 // Check whether VT is legal.
4717 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4718 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4719 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4720 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4721 return true;
4722 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4723 return Size <= 32;
4724 }
4725 return false;
4726}
4727
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004728llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004729 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004730 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4731 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004732
4733 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004734 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004735 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004736
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004737 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4738 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4739 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4740 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4741 }
4742
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004743 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004744 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004745 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004746
4747 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4748 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004749 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4750 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4751 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4752 else
4753 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004754 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4755 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4756 IsIndirect = true;
4757 Size = 4;
4758 TyAlign = 4;
4759 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004760
4761 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004762 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4763 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4764 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4765 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4766 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4767 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004768 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004769 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004770
4771 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004772 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004773 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004774 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004775 "ap.next");
4776 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4777
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004778 if (IsIndirect)
4779 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004780 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004781 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4782 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4783 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4784 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4785 // than the ABI alignment.
4786 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4787 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4788 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4789 "var.align");
4790 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4791 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4792 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4793 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4794 TyAlign, false);
4795 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4796 }
4797 llvm::Type *PTy =
4798 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4799 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4800
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004801 return AddrTyped;
4802}
4803
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004804namespace {
4805
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004806class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4807 public:
4808 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4809 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004810 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4811 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4812 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004813 private:
4814 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4815 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4816};
4817
4818class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4819 public:
4820 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4821 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4822};
4823
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004824}
4825
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004826void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4827 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4828 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4829 else
4830 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4831}
4832
4833llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4834 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4835 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4836 // is unsupported.
4837 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4838}
4839
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004840//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004841// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004842//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4843
4844namespace {
4845
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004846class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004847public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004848 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004849
4850 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4851 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4852
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004853 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4854 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4855 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004856};
4857
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004858class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004859public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004860 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4861 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004862
4863 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4864 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004865private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004866 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4867 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4868 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004869};
4870
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004871ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004872 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4873 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004874
4875 // note: this is different from default ABI
4876 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4877 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4878
4879 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4880 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4881 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4882
4883 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4884 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004885}
4886
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004887ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004888 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4889 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4890 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004891
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004892 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4893 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004894}
4895
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004896void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004897 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4898 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004899 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4900 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004901
4902 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4903 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4904 return;
4905
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004906 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4907}
4908
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004909llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4910 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4911 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004912}
4913
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004914void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4915SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4916 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004917 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4918 if (!FD) return;
4919
4920 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4921
4922 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004923 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004924 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004925 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004926 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004927 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004928 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4929 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004930 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004931 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004932 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004933 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004934
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004935 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004936 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004937 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004938 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4939 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004940 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4941 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4942 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4943 }
4944 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4945 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4946 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4947 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4948 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4949 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4950 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4951 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4952 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4953 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4954 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4955 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4956 }
4957 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004958 }
4959}
4960
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004961void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4962 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004963 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4964 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4965
4966 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4967 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4968
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004969 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4970 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4971 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004972 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4973 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4974}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004975}
4976
4977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004978// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4979//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4980
4981namespace {
4982
4983class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4984public:
4985 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4986
4987 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4988 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4989 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4990
4991 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4992 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4993
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004994 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004995 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4996 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004997 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4998 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004999 }
5000
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005001 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5002 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005003};
5004
5005class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5006public:
5007 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5008 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5009};
5010
5011}
5012
5013bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5014 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5015 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5016 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5017
5018 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5019 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5020 return true;
5021
5022 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5023 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5024 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5025 case BuiltinType::Int:
5026 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5027 return true;
5028 default:
5029 return false;
5030 }
5031 return false;
5032}
5033
5034bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5035 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5036}
5037
5038bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5039 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5040 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5041 case BuiltinType::Float:
5042 case BuiltinType::Double:
5043 return true;
5044 default:
5045 return false;
5046 }
5047
5048 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5049 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5050 bool Found = false;
5051
5052 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5053 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005054 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5055 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005056
5057 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5058 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5059 continue;
5060
5061 if (Found)
5062 return false;
5063 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5064 if (!Found)
5065 return false;
5066 }
5067
5068 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005069 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005070 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5071 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5072 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5073 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5074 return true;
5075
5076 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5077 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5078 if (Found)
5079 return false;
5080 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5081 if (!Found)
5082 return false;
5083 }
5084
5085 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5086 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5087 return Found;
5088 }
5089
5090 return false;
5091}
5092
5093llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5094 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5095 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5096 // struct {
5097 // i64 __gpr;
5098 // i64 __fpr;
5099 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5100 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5101 // };
5102
5103 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5104 // GPRs or FPRs.
5105 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5106 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5107 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5108
5109 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5110 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5111 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5112 if (IsIndirect) {
5113 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5114 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5115 } else
5116 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5117 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5118 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5119
5120 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5121 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5122
5123 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5124 if (InFPRs) {
5125 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5126 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5127 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5128 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5129 } else {
5130 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5131 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5132 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5133 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5134 }
5135
5136 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5137 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5138 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5139 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5140 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5141 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005142 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005143
5144 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5145 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5146 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5147 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5148
5149 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5150 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5151
5152 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5153 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5154 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5155 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5156 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5157 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5158 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5159 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5160 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5161 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5162 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5163 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5164 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5165 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5166 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5167 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5168
5169 // Update the register count
5170 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5171 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5172 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5173 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5174 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5175
5176 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5177 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5178
5179 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5180 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5181 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5182 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5183 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5184 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5185 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5186 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5187 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5188 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5189
5190 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5191 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5192 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5193 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5194 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5195
5196 // Return the appropriate result.
5197 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5198 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5199 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5200 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5201
5202 if (IsIndirect)
5203 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5204
5205 return ResAddr;
5206}
5207
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005208ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5209 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5210 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5211 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5212 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5213 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5214 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5215}
5216
5217ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5218 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005219 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005220 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5221
5222 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5223 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5224 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5225
5226 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5227 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5228 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005229 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005230
5231 // Handle small structures.
5232 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5233 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5234 // fail the size test above.
5235 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5236 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005237 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005238
5239 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5240 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5241 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5242 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5243 if (Size == 32)
5244 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5245 else
5246 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5247 } else
5248 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5249 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5250 }
5251
5252 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5253 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005254 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005255
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005256 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005257}
5258
5259//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005260// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005261//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005262
5263namespace {
5264
5265class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5266public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005267 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5268 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005269 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005270 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005271};
5272
5273}
5274
5275void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5276 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5277 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5278 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5279 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5280 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5281 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5282
5283 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5284 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5285
5286 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005287 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005288
5289 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005290 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005291 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5292 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005293 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005294 }
5295}
5296
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005297//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005298// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5299// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005300//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5301
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005302namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005303class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005304 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005305 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5306 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005307 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005308 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005309 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005310 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005311public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005312 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005313 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005314 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005315
5316 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005317 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005318 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5319 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5320 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005321};
5322
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005323class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005324 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005325public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005326 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5327 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005328 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005329
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005330 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005331 return 29;
5332 }
5333
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005334 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005335 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005336 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5337 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005338 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005339 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5340 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5341 }
5342 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5343 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5344 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005345 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005346
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005347 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005348 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005349
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005350 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005351 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005352 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005353};
5354}
5355
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005356void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005357 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005358 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5359 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005360
5361 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5362 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5363 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5364
5365 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5366 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5367
5368 if (R)
5369 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005370}
5371
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005372// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5373// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005374llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005375 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5376
5377 if (IsO32) {
5378 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5379 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5380 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005381
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005382 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5383 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005384
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005385 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005386
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005387 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5388 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5389 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5390 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5391 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005392
5393 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5394 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005395 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005396
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005397 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5398 unsigned idx = 0;
5399 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5400
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005401 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5402 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005403 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5404 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005405 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005406 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5407
5408 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5409 continue;
5410
5411 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5412 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5413 continue;
5414
5415 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5416 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5417 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5418
5419 // Add double type.
5420 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5421 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5422 }
5423
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005424 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5425 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005426
5427 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5428}
5429
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005430llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5431 uint64_t Offset) const {
5432 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005433 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005434
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005435 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005436}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005437
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005438ABIArgInfo
5439MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005440 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005441 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005442 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005443
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005444 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5445 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005446 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5447 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005448
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005449 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005450 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005451 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005452 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5453
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005454 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005455 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005456 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005457 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005458
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005459 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5460 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5461 // aggregate is unaligned.
5462 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005463 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005464 }
5465
5466 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5467 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5468 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5469
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005470 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5471 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5472
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005473 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005474 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005475}
5476
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005477llvm::Type*
5478MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005479 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005480 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005481
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005482 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005483 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005484 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5485 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005486
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005487 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5488 // following conditions are met:
5489 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5490 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5491 // point types.
5492 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5493 //
5494 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5495 //
5496 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5497 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5498 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005499 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005500
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005501 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5502 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005503
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005504 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005505 }
5506
5507 if (b == e)
5508 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5509 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5510
5511 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005512 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005513 }
5514
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005515 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005516 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5517}
5518
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005519ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005520 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5521
5522 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005523 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5524
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005525 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005526 if (Size <= 128) {
5527 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5528 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5529
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005530 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5531 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5532 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5533
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005534 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005535 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5536 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005537
5538 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5539 }
5540
5541 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5542 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5543 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5544
5545 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5546 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5547}
5548
5549void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005550 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005551 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5552 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005553
5554 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005555 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005556
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005557 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5558 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005559}
5560
5561llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005563 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5564 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005565
5566 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5567 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5568 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005569 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005570 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5571 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00005572 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005573 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005574
5575 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005576 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5577 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5578 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5579 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005580 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5581 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5582 }
5583 else
5584 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5585
5586 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005587 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005588 uint64_t Offset =
5589 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5590 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005591 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005592 "ap.next");
5593 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5594
5595 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005596}
5597
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005598bool
5599MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5600 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5601 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5602 // as canonical as it gets.
5603
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005604 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5605 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005606 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005607
5608 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5609 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5610 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5611 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005612 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005613
5614 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5615 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5616
5617 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5618 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5619 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5620 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5621 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005622 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005623 return false;
5624}
5625
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005626//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5627// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5628// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5629// handling.
5630//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5631
5632namespace {
5633
5634class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5635public:
5636 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5637 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5638
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005639 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5640 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005641};
5642
5643void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5644 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5645 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5646 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5647 if (!FD) return;
5648
5649 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5650
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005651 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005652 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5653 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005654 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005655 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5656 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005657 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5658 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5659 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5660 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5661
5662 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5663 Operands.push_back(F);
5664
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005665 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005666 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005667 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005668 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005669 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005670 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005671
5672 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5673 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5674 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005675 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005676 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5677 }
5678 }
5679 }
5680}
5681
5682}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005683
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005684//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5685// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5686//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5687
5688namespace {
5689
5690class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5691
5692
5693public:
5694 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5695
5696private:
5697
5698 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5699 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5700
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005701 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005702
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005703 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5704 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005705};
5706
5707class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5708public:
5709 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5710 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5711
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005712 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005713 return 29;
5714 }
5715};
5716
5717}
5718
5719void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005720 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5721 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005722 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5723 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005724}
5725
5726ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5727 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5728 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5729 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5730 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5731
5732 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5733 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5734 }
5735
5736 // Ignore empty records.
5737 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5738 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5739
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005740 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005741 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005742
5743 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5744 if (Size > 64)
5745 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5746 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5747 else if (Size > 32)
5748 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5749 else if (Size > 16)
5750 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5751 else if (Size > 8)
5752 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5753 else
5754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5755}
5756
5757ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5758 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5760
5761 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5762 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5763 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5764
5765 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5766 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5767 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5768 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5769
5770 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5771 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5772 }
5773
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005774 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5775 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5776
5777 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5778 // are returned indirectly.
5779 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5780 if (Size <= 64) {
5781 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5782 if (Size <= 8)
5783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5784 if (Size <= 16)
5785 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5786 if (Size <= 32)
5787 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5788 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5789 }
5790
5791 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5792}
5793
5794llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005795 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005796 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005797 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005798
5799 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5800 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5801 "ap");
5802 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5803 llvm::Type *PTy =
5804 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5805 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5806
5807 uint64_t Offset =
5808 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5809 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5810 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5811 "ap.next");
5812 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5813
5814 return AddrTyped;
5815}
5816
5817
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005818//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5819// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5820// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5821//
5822// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5823// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5824// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5825//
5826// One case requires special care:
5827//
5828// struct mixed {
5829// int i;
5830// float f;
5831// };
5832//
5833// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5834// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5835// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5836// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5837//
5838// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5839//
5840// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5841// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5842// bytes.
5843//
5844namespace {
5845class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5846public:
5847 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5848
5849private:
5850 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005851 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5852 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5853 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005854
5855 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5856 // serves two purposes:
5857 //
5858 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5859 // in registers.
5860 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5861 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5862 //
5863 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5864 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5865 //
5866 struct CoerceBuilder {
5867 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5868 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5869 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5870 uint64_t Size;
5871 bool InReg;
5872
5873 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5874 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5875
5876 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5877 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5878 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5879 if (ToSize == Size)
5880 return;
5881
5882 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5883 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5884 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5885 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5886 Size = Aligned;
5887 }
5888
5889 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5890 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5891 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5892 Size += 64;
5893 }
5894
5895 // Final in-word padding.
5896 if (Size < ToSize) {
5897 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5898 Size = ToSize;
5899 }
5900 }
5901
5902 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5903 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5904 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5905 if (Offset % Bits)
5906 return;
5907 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5908 if (Bits < 64)
5909 InReg = true;
5910 pad(Offset);
5911 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5912 Size = Offset + Bits;
5913 }
5914
5915 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5916 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5917 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5918 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5919 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5920 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5921 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5922 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5923 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5924 break;
5925 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5926 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5927 break;
5928 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5929 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5930 break;
5931 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5932 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5933 break;
5934 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5935 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5936 pad(ElemOffset);
5937 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5938 Size += 64;
5939 }
5940 break;
5941 default:
5942 break;
5943 }
5944 }
5945 }
5946
5947 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5948 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5949 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5950 return false;
5951 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5952 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5953 return false;
5954 return true;
5955 }
5956
5957 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5958 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5959 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5960 return Elems.front();
5961 else
5962 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5963 }
5964 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005965};
5966} // end anonymous namespace
5967
5968ABIArgInfo
5969SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5970 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5971 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5972
5973 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5974
5975 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5976 // pointer / sret pointer.
5977 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5979
5980 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5981 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5982 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5983
5984 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5985 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5986 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5987
5988 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5989 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5990 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5991
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005992 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5993 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5994 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5995 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5996
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005997 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005998 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5999 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6000 if (!StrTy)
6001 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6002
6003 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6004 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6005 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6006
6007 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6008 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6009
6010 if (CB.InReg)
6011 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6012 else
6013 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006014}
6015
6016llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6017 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006018 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6019 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6020 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6021 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6022
6023 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6024 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6025 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6026 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6027 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6028 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6029 unsigned Stride;
6030
6031 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6032 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006033 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006034 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6035
6036 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6037 Stride = 8;
6038 ArgAddr = Builder
6039 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6040 "extend");
6041 break;
6042
6043 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6044 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6045 ArgAddr = Addr;
6046 break;
6047
6048 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6049 Stride = 8;
6050 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6051 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6052 "indirect");
6053 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6054 break;
6055
6056 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6057 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6058 }
6059
6060 // Update VAList.
6061 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6062 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6063
6064 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006065}
6066
6067void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6068 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006069 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6070 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006071}
6072
6073namespace {
6074class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6075public:
6076 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6077 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006078
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006079 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006080 return 14;
6081 }
6082
6083 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006084 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006085};
6086} // end anonymous namespace
6087
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006088bool
6089SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6090 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6091 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6092 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6093
6094 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6095
6096 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6097 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6098 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6099
6100 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6101 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6102
6103 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6104 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6105
6106 // Y = 64
6107 // PSR = 65
6108 // WIM = 66
6109 // TBR = 67
6110 // PC = 68
6111 // NPC = 69
6112 // FSR = 70
6113 // CSR = 71
6114 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6115
6116 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6117 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6118
6119 return false;
6120}
6121
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006122
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006124// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006125//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006126
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006127namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006128
6129/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6130/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6131typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6132
6133/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6134///
6135/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6136/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6137/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6138///
6139/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6140/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6141/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6142/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6143/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6144/// Recursive type encoding.
6145///
6146/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6147/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6148/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6149/// the type is encountered.
6150///
6151/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6152/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6153/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6154/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6155/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6156///
6157/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6158/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6159/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6160/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6161/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6162///
6163/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6164///
6165/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6166/// cached encoding is used;
6167///
6168/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6169/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6170///
6171/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6172/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6173///
6174/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6175/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6176/// it is swapped back in;
6177///
6178/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6179/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6180/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6181///
6182/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6183/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6184/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6185/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6186///
6187class TypeStringCache {
6188 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6189 struct Entry {
6190 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6191 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6192 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6193 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6194 };
6195 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6196 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6197 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6198public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006199 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006200 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6201 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6202 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6203 bool IsRecursive);
6204 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6205};
6206
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006207/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006208/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6209class FieldEncoding {
6210 bool HasName;
6211 std::string Enc;
6212public:
6213 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6214 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6215 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6216 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6217 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6218 }
6219};
6220
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006221class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6222public:
6223 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006224 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6225 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006226};
6227
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006228class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006229 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006230public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006231 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006232 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006233 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6234 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006235};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006236
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006237} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006238
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006239llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6240 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006241 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006242
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006243 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006244 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6245 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6246 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006247
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006248 // Handle the argument.
6249 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6250 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6251 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6252 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006253 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006254 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006255 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006256 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006257 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006258 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006259 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6260 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006261 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6262 ArgSize = 0;
6263 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006264 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6265 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006266 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6267 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6268 if (ArgSize < 4)
6269 ArgSize = 4;
6270 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006271 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6272 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6273 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6274 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006275 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6276 ArgSize = 4;
6277 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006278 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006279
6280 // Increment the VAList.
6281 if (ArgSize) {
6282 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6283 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6284 }
6285 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006286}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006287
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006288/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6289/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6290/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6291/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6292/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6293void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6294 std::string StubEnc) {
6295 if (!ID)
6296 return;
6297 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6298 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6299 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6300 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6301 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6302 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6303 E.State = Incomplete;
6304 ++IncompleteCount;
6305}
6306
6307/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6308/// must be removed from the cache.
6309/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6310/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6311bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6312 if (!ID)
6313 return false;
6314 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6315 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6316 Entry &E = I->second;
6317 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6318 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6319 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6320 bool IsRecursive = false;
6321 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6322 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6323 IsRecursive = true;
6324 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6325 }
6326 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6327 Map.erase(I);
6328 else {
6329 // Swap the Recursive back.
6330 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6331 E.Swapped.clear();
6332 E.State = Recursive;
6333 }
6334 --IncompleteCount;
6335 return IsRecursive;
6336}
6337
6338/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6339/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6340void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6341 bool IsRecursive) {
6342 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6343 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6344 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6345 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6346 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6347 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6348 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6349 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6350 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6351 return;
6352 }
6353 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6354 E.Str = Str.str();
6355 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6356}
6357
6358/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6359/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6360/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6361StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6362 if (!ID)
6363 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6364 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6365 if (I == Map.end())
6366 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6367 Entry &E = I->second;
6368 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6369 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6370
6371 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6372 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6373 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6374 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6375 }
6376 return E.Str.c_str();
6377}
6378
6379/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6380/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6381/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6382/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6383/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6384/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6385///
6386/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6387/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6388/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6389/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6390///
6391static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6392 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6393
6394/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6395void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6396 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6397 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6398 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6399 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6400 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6401 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6402 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6403 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6404 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6405 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6406 }
6407}
6408
6409static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6410 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6411 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6412
6413/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6414/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6415static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6416 const RecordDecl *RD,
6417 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6418 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6419 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6420 I != E; ++I) {
6421 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6422 Enc += "m(";
6423 Enc += I->getName();
6424 Enc += "){";
6425 if (I->isBitField()) {
6426 Enc += "b(";
6427 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6428 OS.resync();
6429 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6430 OS.flush();
6431 Enc += ':';
6432 }
6433 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6434 return false;
6435 if (I->isBitField())
6436 Enc += ')';
6437 Enc += '}';
6438 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6439 }
6440 return true;
6441}
6442
6443/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6444/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6445/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6446static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6447 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6448 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6449 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6450 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6451 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6452 Enc += TypeString;
6453 return true;
6454 }
6455
6456 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6457 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6458 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6459 Enc += '(';
6460 if (ID)
6461 Enc += ID->getName();
6462 Enc += "){";
6463
6464 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6465 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006466 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6467 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6468 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6469 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6470 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006471 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006472 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6473 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6474 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6475 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6476 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6477 return false;
6478 }
6479 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6480 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6481 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6482 if (RT->isUnionType())
6483 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006484 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6485 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006486 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6487 if (I)
6488 Enc += ',';
6489 Enc += FE[I].str();
6490 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006491 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006492 Enc += '}';
6493 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6494 return true;
6495}
6496
6497/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6498static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6499 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6500 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6501 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6502 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6503 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6504 Enc += TypeString;
6505 return true;
6506 }
6507
6508 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6509 Enc += "e(";
6510 if (ID)
6511 Enc += ID->getName();
6512 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006513
6514 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006515 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006516 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6517 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6518 ++I) {
6519 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6520 EnumEnc += "m(";
6521 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6522 EnumEnc += "){";
6523 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6524 EnumEnc += '}';
6525 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6526 }
6527 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6528 unsigned E = FE.size();
6529 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6530 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006531 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006532 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006533 }
6534 }
6535 Enc += '}';
6536 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6537 return true;
6538}
6539
6540/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6541/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6542static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6543 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6544 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6545 int Lookup = 0;
6546 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6547 Lookup += 1<<0;
6548 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6549 Lookup += 1<<1;
6550 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6551 Lookup += 1<<2;
6552 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6553}
6554
6555/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6556static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6557 const char *EncType;
6558 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6559 case BuiltinType::Void:
6560 EncType = "0";
6561 break;
6562 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6563 EncType = "b";
6564 break;
6565 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6566 EncType = "uc";
6567 break;
6568 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6569 EncType = "uc";
6570 break;
6571 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6572 EncType = "sc";
6573 break;
6574 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6575 EncType = "us";
6576 break;
6577 case BuiltinType::Short:
6578 EncType = "ss";
6579 break;
6580 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6581 EncType = "ui";
6582 break;
6583 case BuiltinType::Int:
6584 EncType = "si";
6585 break;
6586 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6587 EncType = "ul";
6588 break;
6589 case BuiltinType::Long:
6590 EncType = "sl";
6591 break;
6592 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6593 EncType = "ull";
6594 break;
6595 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6596 EncType = "sll";
6597 break;
6598 case BuiltinType::Float:
6599 EncType = "ft";
6600 break;
6601 case BuiltinType::Double:
6602 EncType = "d";
6603 break;
6604 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6605 EncType = "ld";
6606 break;
6607 default:
6608 return false;
6609 }
6610 Enc += EncType;
6611 return true;
6612}
6613
6614/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6615static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6616 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6617 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6618 Enc += "p(";
6619 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6620 return false;
6621 Enc += ')';
6622 return true;
6623}
6624
6625/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006626static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6627 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006628 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6629 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6630 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6631 return false;
6632 Enc += "a(";
6633 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6634 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6635 else
6636 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6637 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006638 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6639 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006640 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6641 return false;
6642 Enc += ')';
6643 return true;
6644}
6645
6646/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6647/// and the arguments.
6648static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6649 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6650 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6651 Enc += "f{";
6652 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6653 return false;
6654 Enc += "}(";
6655 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6656 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6657 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6658 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6659 if (I != E) {
6660 do {
6661 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6662 return false;
6663 ++I;
6664 if (I != E)
6665 Enc += ',';
6666 } while (I != E);
6667 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6668 Enc += ",va";
6669 } else {
6670 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6671 Enc += "va";
6672 else
6673 Enc += '0';
6674 }
6675 }
6676 Enc += ')';
6677 return true;
6678}
6679
6680/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6681/// type encodings.
6682static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6683 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6684 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6685
6686 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6687
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006688 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6689 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6690 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6691 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6692
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006693 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6694
6695 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6696 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6697
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006698 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6699 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6700
6701 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6702 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6703
6704 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6705 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6706
6707 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6708 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6709
6710 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6711 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6712
6713 return false;
6714}
6715
6716static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6717 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6718 if (!D)
6719 return false;
6720
6721 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6722 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6723 return false;
6724 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6725 }
6726
6727 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6728 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6729 return false;
6730 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6731 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6732 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006733 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6734 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6735 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006736 }
6737 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6738 }
6739 return false;
6740}
6741
6742
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006743//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6744// Driver code
6745//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6746
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006747const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006748 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6749 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006750
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006751 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006752 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006753 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006754 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006755
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006756 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6757 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006758 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6759 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006760 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6761
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006762 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6763 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006764 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6765
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006766 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00006767 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006768 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006769 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006770 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006771
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006772 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006773 }
6774
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006775 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006776 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006777 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006778 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006779 {
6780 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006781 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006782 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006783 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006784 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6785 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006786 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6787
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006788 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006789 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006790 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6791 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6792 default:
6793 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6794 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6795 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006796 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006797
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006798 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006799 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006800 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006801 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006802 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006803 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6804 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6805
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006806 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6807 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6808 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006809 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006810 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006811 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006812 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006813 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
6814 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6815
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006816 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6817 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6818 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006819
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006820 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6821 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006822 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006823
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006824 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006825 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006826
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006827 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6828 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6829
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006830 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6831 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6832
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006833 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006834 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6835 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6836 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006837 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006838
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006839 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006840 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006841 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006842 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6843 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006844 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006845 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006846 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006847 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6848 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6849 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006850 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006851 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006852 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006853
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006854 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006855 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006856
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006857 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6858 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006859 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006860 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006861 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6862 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006863 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006864 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6865 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006866 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006867 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006868 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6869 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006870 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6871 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006872 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006873 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006874 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006875}